1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
4 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
5 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
9 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
33 #include "blockinput.h"
35 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
36 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
37 #include "syssignal.h"
39 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
40 if this is not done before the other system files. */
42 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
44 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
45 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
47 #include <sys/types.h>
50 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
59 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
60 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
63 #include "character.h"
66 #include "dispextern.h"
68 #include "termhooks.h"
71 #include "emacs-icon.h"
76 #include "intervals.h"
82 #include "xsettings.h"
84 #include "sysselect.h"
87 #include <X11/Shell.h>
90 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
101 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
105 #if !defined(NO_EDITRES)
107 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
108 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
110 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
112 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
113 #if defined USE_MOTIF
114 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
115 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
116 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
119 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
120 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
121 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
122 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
123 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
124 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
125 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
127 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
128 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
129 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
130 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
132 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
136 #ifndef XtNinitialState
137 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
141 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
145 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
150 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
153 static int any_help_event_p
;
155 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
156 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
158 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
161 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
163 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
164 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
165 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
166 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
168 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
170 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
171 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
172 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
173 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
175 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
177 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
179 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
181 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
186 } pending_event_wait
;
189 /* The application context for Xt use. */
190 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
191 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
192 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
194 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
196 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
198 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
199 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
200 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
202 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
206 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
207 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
208 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
209 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
211 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
213 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
214 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
215 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
216 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
217 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
218 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
219 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
220 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
221 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
224 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
226 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
227 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
228 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
230 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
232 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
233 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
236 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
237 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
240 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
242 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
243 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
244 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
245 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
246 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
247 it's somewhat accurate. */
249 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
251 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
253 static Time last_user_time
;
255 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
259 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
261 static int input_signal_count
;
264 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
266 static int x_noop_count
;
268 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
270 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
271 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
274 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
275 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
277 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
278 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
281 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
282 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
284 /* XEmbed implementation. */
286 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
290 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
295 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
296 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
297 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
298 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
300 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
301 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
302 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
304 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
305 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
306 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
307 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
308 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
311 /* Used in x_flush. */
313 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
314 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
315 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
316 static void x_update_window_end (struct window
*, int, int);
318 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
319 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
320 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
321 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
322 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
323 static void XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
324 static void XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
325 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
326 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
327 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
328 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
329 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
330 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
331 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
332 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
333 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
334 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
335 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
336 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
337 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
339 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
);
340 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
341 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
342 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
343 static void x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*);
344 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
345 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
346 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
347 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
349 static void x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
350 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
351 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
352 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
353 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
354 int *, struct input_event
*);
355 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
356 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
357 static SIGTYPE
x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
360 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
363 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
365 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
366 connection may be broken. */
367 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
373 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
374 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
375 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
376 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
378 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
379 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
384 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
385 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
386 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
387 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
388 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
391 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
394 /***********************************************************************
396 ***********************************************************************/
400 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
401 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
409 struct record event_record
[100];
411 int event_record_index
;
414 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
416 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
417 event_record_index
= 0;
419 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
420 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
421 event_record_index
++;
428 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
430 struct x_display_info
*
431 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
433 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
435 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
436 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
442 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
445 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
447 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
448 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
449 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
451 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
454 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
!= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
)
455 /* Since the WM decoration lies under the FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW,
456 we must treat the former instead of the latter. */
457 win
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
459 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
464 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
465 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
466 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
467 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
471 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
473 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
476 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
478 /* return unless necessary */
483 unsigned long n
, left
;
485 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
486 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
487 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
488 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
491 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
493 XFree ((void *) data
);
494 if (*(unsigned long *)data
== opac
)
503 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
504 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
505 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
506 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
511 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
513 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
517 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
519 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
523 /***********************************************************************
524 Starting and ending an update
525 ***********************************************************************/
527 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
528 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
529 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
530 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
531 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
534 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
540 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
541 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
545 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
547 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
548 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
551 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
555 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
557 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
558 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
560 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
562 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
563 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
570 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
573 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
575 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
578 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
580 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
583 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
584 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
587 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
589 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
590 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
592 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
593 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
594 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
596 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
597 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
601 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, int cursor_on_p
, int mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
603 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
605 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
610 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
612 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
614 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
615 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
620 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
621 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
622 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
624 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
625 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
626 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
629 updated_window
= NULL
;
633 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
637 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
639 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
640 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
644 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
650 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
651 complete update has been performed. The global variable
652 updated_window is not available here. */
655 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
659 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
661 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
662 || f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
665 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
666 note_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
667 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
668 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
669 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
676 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
677 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
678 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
679 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
680 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
681 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
684 x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
686 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
692 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
693 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
695 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
696 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
697 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
698 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
699 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
700 overhead is very small. */
701 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
702 && desired_row
->full_width_p
703 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
704 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
706 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
709 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
712 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
713 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
714 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
715 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
716 y
, width
, height
, False
);
722 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
724 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
725 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
726 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
727 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
728 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
730 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
731 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
735 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
737 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
738 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
739 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
740 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
742 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
744 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
746 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
747 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
748 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
749 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
750 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
751 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
752 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
753 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
755 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
759 int left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
760 int width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
761 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
765 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
766 if (left
+ width
== p
->x
)
767 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
768 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== left
)
772 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
774 nx
= width
- sb_width
;
775 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
777 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
782 if (left
+ width
== bx
)
784 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
785 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
787 else if (bx
+ nx
== left
)
788 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
793 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
794 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
797 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
803 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
804 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
808 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
810 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
812 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
814 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
816 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
817 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
819 face
->background
, depth
);
823 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
824 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
827 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
828 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
829 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
830 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
833 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
834 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
835 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
839 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
840 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
841 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
845 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
850 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
851 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
852 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
856 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
860 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
861 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
864 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
869 /***********************************************************************
871 ***********************************************************************/
875 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
876 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
877 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*,
879 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
880 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
881 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
882 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
883 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
884 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
885 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
886 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
887 static int x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
888 unsigned long *, double, int);
889 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
890 double, int, unsigned long);
891 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
892 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
893 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
894 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
895 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
896 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
898 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
899 int, int, int, int, int, int,
901 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
902 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
903 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
906 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
910 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
914 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
916 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
917 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
918 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
920 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
923 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
927 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
928 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
930 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
931 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
932 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
933 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
934 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
935 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
936 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
938 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
939 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
940 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
942 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
943 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
946 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
947 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
948 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
950 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
951 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
954 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
955 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
957 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
962 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
965 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
970 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
971 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
972 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
974 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
976 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
977 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
979 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
980 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
981 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
983 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
987 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
992 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
993 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
994 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
995 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
997 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
998 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1001 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1002 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1004 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1007 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1011 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1012 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1013 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1016 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1018 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1022 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1023 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1027 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1029 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1031 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1033 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1034 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1036 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1038 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1039 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1041 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1043 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1046 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1048 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1049 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1051 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1052 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1054 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1055 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1059 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1060 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1063 /* GC must have been set. */
1064 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1068 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1069 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1072 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1074 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1075 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1078 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1083 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1084 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1088 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1093 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1095 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1098 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1103 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1106 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1109 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1110 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1112 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1114 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1116 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1117 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1120 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1121 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1122 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1126 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1128 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1130 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1131 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1132 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1136 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1137 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1142 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1145 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1148 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1149 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1150 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1151 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1155 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1156 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1157 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1158 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1159 contains the first component of a composition. */
1162 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, int force_p
)
1164 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1165 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1166 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1168 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1172 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1173 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1174 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1175 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1176 s
->background_width
,
1177 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1178 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1179 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1181 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1182 || s
->font_not_found_p
1183 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1186 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1187 s
->background_width
,
1188 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1189 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1195 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1198 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1202 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1203 of S to the right of that box line. */
1204 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1205 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1206 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1210 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1212 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1214 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1216 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1217 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1218 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1220 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1225 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1226 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1229 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1230 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1232 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1234 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1235 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1237 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1238 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1239 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1243 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1246 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1249 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1251 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1252 of S to the right of that box line. */
1253 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1254 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1255 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1259 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1260 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1261 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1262 this composition. */
1264 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1265 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1266 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1268 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1269 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1270 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1272 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1276 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1277 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1279 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1280 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1282 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1283 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1284 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1289 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1294 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1296 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1297 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1298 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1301 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1305 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1306 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1307 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1310 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1311 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1312 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1313 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1314 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1315 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1323 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1324 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1325 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1331 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1334 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1336 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1340 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1341 of S to the right of that box line. */
1342 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1343 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1344 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1350 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1352 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1353 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1355 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1358 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1359 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1363 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1364 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1365 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1366 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1367 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1368 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1371 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1373 sprintf ((char *) buf
, "%0*X",
1374 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1375 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1381 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1384 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1385 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1387 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1388 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1390 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1391 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1392 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1394 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1395 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1396 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1399 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1400 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1401 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1402 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1403 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1404 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1408 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1410 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget (Widget
);
1411 static Boolean
cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1412 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*);
1413 static void cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1414 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*);
1417 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1418 cannot be determined. */
1420 static struct frame
*
1421 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1423 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1427 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1429 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1430 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1431 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1432 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1433 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1434 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1436 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1437 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1438 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1439 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1440 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1442 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1443 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1444 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1451 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1452 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1453 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1454 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1457 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1459 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1460 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1464 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1465 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1466 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1467 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1468 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1469 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1472 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1473 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1475 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1476 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1480 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1481 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1483 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1485 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1487 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1492 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1493 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1495 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1498 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1500 DPY is the display we are working on.
1502 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1503 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1504 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1505 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1507 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1508 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1510 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1511 we allocated the color or not.
1513 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1516 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1517 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1518 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1528 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1529 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1531 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1535 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1536 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1537 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1539 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1541 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1542 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1544 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1546 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1547 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1549 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1550 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1552 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1553 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1558 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1560 params
[0] = color_name
;
1561 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1562 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1563 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1568 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1570 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1572 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1576 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1580 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1581 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1584 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1589 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1590 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1591 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1593 APP is the application context in which we work.
1595 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1596 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1597 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1599 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1602 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1607 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1609 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1612 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1614 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1615 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1616 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1617 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1618 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1623 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1626 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1627 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1628 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1629 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1631 static const XColor
*
1632 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1634 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1636 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1638 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1641 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1642 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1643 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1644 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1645 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1647 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1648 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1650 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1651 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1654 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1655 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1659 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1660 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1663 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1665 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1667 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1670 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1672 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1673 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1674 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1675 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1679 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1683 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1684 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1687 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1689 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1693 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1694 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1695 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1699 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1703 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1706 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1707 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1708 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1709 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1711 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1713 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1715 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1717 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1718 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1719 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1720 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1722 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1725 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1729 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1730 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1731 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1732 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1736 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1737 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1738 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1739 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1740 XColor
*cached_color
;
1742 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1743 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1744 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1745 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1746 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1748 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1749 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1750 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1754 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1756 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1757 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1763 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1764 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1765 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1769 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1771 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1772 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1776 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1777 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1778 get color reference counts right. */
1781 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1785 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1787 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1788 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1790 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1791 register_color (pixel
);
1797 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1798 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1799 get color reference counts right. */
1802 x_copy_dpy_color (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1806 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1808 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1809 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1811 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1812 register_color (pixel
);
1818 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1821 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1822 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1823 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1824 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1825 use an additional additive factor.
1827 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1828 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1829 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1832 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1833 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1834 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1835 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1836 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1837 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1840 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1846 /* Get RGB color values. */
1847 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1848 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1850 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1851 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1852 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1853 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1854 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1856 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1857 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1859 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1860 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1861 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1862 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1863 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1865 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1866 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1867 /* The additive adjustment. */
1868 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1872 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1873 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1874 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1878 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1879 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1880 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1884 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1885 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1888 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1890 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1891 delta to the RGB values. */
1892 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1894 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1895 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1896 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1897 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1908 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1909 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1910 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1911 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1912 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1913 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1916 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1919 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1920 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1921 unsigned long pixel
;
1922 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1923 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1924 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1925 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1927 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1928 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1930 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1931 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1932 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1934 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1936 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1937 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1940 /* Allocate new color. */
1941 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1943 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1944 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1946 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1947 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1950 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1952 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1954 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1957 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1961 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1964 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1966 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1967 unsigned long color
;
1969 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1970 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1971 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1973 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1974 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1979 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1980 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1981 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1984 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1985 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1987 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1988 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1989 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1990 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1991 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1996 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1997 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1998 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1999 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2000 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2001 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2005 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
2006 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2007 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
2008 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2010 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2011 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2016 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2018 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2019 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2021 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
2022 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
2023 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
2030 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2031 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2032 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2034 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2035 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2036 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2037 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2044 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2046 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2047 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2049 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2050 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2051 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2054 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2056 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2058 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2059 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2063 /* Outermost top line. */
2065 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2066 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2067 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2069 /* Outermost left line. */
2071 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2077 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2078 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
2079 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
2080 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2081 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2082 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2083 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2089 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2090 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2091 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2092 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2093 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2096 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2100 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2101 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2102 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2103 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2104 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2105 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2108 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2109 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2110 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2114 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2115 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2116 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2119 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2120 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2124 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2125 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2128 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2129 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2133 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2134 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2136 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2137 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2141 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2144 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2146 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2147 int left_p
, right_p
;
2148 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2149 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2151 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2152 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2153 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2155 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2156 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2158 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2160 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2161 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2163 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2165 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2167 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2169 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2170 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2172 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2173 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2174 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2176 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2178 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2180 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2181 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2182 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2185 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2186 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2187 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2192 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2195 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2198 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2200 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2201 right of that line. */
2202 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2203 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2205 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2207 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2209 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2210 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2211 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2212 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2218 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2219 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2220 trust on the shape extension to be available
2221 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2223 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2226 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2228 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2229 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2230 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2231 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2232 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2234 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2237 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2238 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2239 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2240 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2241 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2242 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2246 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2248 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2251 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2252 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2253 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2254 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2255 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2256 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2258 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2259 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2260 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2261 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2262 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2263 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2264 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2266 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2268 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2270 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2271 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2276 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2277 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2278 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2282 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2285 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2287 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, extra
;
2290 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2292 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2293 right of that line. */
2294 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2295 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2297 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2299 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2301 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2302 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2303 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2304 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2306 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2307 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2309 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2310 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2314 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2315 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2318 extra
= s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
2319 ? XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
) : 0;
2321 x0
= x
- thick
- extra
;
2322 y0
= y
- thick
- extra
;
2323 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2324 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2326 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2327 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2328 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2330 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2332 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2337 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2340 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2343 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2345 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2346 right of that line. */
2347 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2348 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2350 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2352 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2354 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2355 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2356 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2357 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2363 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2364 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2365 trust on the shape extension to be available
2366 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2368 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2372 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2373 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2374 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2375 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2376 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2378 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2379 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2380 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2381 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2385 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2386 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2387 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2389 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2390 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2391 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2392 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2393 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2394 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2395 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2397 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2399 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2400 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2401 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2406 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2407 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2408 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2412 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2413 give the rectangle to draw. */
2416 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2420 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2421 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2422 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2423 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2426 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2430 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2433 s->x +-------------------------
2436 | +-------------------------
2439 | | +-------------------
2445 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2447 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2448 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2450 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2453 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2454 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2455 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2456 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2458 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2459 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2461 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2462 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2466 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2467 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2471 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2472 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2473 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2474 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2475 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2477 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2478 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2479 s
->background_width
,
2482 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2484 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2486 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2489 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2490 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2491 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2492 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2493 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2494 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2495 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2500 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2502 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2503 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2504 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2505 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2513 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2515 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2517 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2518 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2520 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2523 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2526 /* Draw the foreground. */
2529 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2530 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2531 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2532 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2533 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2536 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2538 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2540 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2541 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2542 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2546 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2549 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2551 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2553 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2554 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2556 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2557 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2558 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2561 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2563 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2567 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2573 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2575 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2577 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2578 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2579 x
+= background_width
;
2581 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2582 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2586 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2588 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2589 if (width
< background_width
)
2592 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2596 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2600 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2601 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2603 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2609 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2610 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2612 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2614 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2615 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2616 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2617 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2622 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2623 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2624 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2625 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2629 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2631 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2632 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2634 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2635 except for header line and mode line. */
2636 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2638 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2641 if (background_width
> 0)
2642 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2645 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2649 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2652 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2654 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2656 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2657 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2658 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2659 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2662 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2664 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2665 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2666 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2667 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2669 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2670 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2671 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2672 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2674 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2675 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2679 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2680 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2682 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2683 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2684 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2685 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2686 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2687 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2690 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2691 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2692 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2693 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2696 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2698 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2699 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2700 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2701 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2702 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2703 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2705 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2707 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2710 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2714 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2718 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2719 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2721 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2722 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2725 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2726 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2727 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2728 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2730 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2731 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2734 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2735 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2736 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2738 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2739 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2746 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2748 /* Draw underline. */
2749 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2751 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2754 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2756 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2757 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2758 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2762 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2763 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2764 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2767 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2768 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2771 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2772 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2773 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2774 specs, and its default is
2776 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2777 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2779 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2780 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2781 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2783 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2785 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2787 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2789 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2790 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2791 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2792 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2793 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2794 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2795 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2796 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2797 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2798 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2799 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2800 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2804 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2805 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2806 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2807 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2808 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2812 /* Draw overline. */
2813 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2815 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2817 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2818 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2823 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2824 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2825 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2827 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2831 /* Draw strike-through. */
2832 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2834 unsigned long h
= 1;
2835 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2837 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2838 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2843 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2844 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2845 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2847 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2851 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2852 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2853 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2857 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2859 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2860 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2861 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2863 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2864 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2865 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2868 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2869 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2870 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2871 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2873 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2874 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2876 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2882 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2884 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2885 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2886 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2888 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2889 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2890 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2893 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2894 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2895 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2896 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2898 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2899 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2901 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2906 /* Reset clipping. */
2907 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2911 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2914 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2916 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2917 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2918 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2922 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2926 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2932 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2933 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2936 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
2938 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2939 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2943 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2946 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2948 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2950 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2951 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2952 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2954 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2955 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2957 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2959 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2960 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2961 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2963 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2964 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2965 redisplay, do it here. */
2966 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
2967 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2970 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2977 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2979 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2980 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2982 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2985 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2986 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2989 timeval_subtract (struct timeval
*result
, struct timeval x
, struct timeval y
)
2991 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2992 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2993 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2995 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2996 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
3000 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
3002 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
3003 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
3007 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
3009 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
3010 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
3012 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
3014 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
3018 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3024 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3025 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3026 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3029 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3030 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3031 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3032 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3033 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3034 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3035 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3039 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3040 pixels into background pixels. */
3044 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3045 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3046 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3048 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3049 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3053 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3054 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3055 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3056 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3057 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3058 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3059 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3063 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3064 edge it is next to. */
3065 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3067 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3068 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3071 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3072 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3079 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3081 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3082 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3084 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3086 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3087 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3088 width
, flash_height
);
3089 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3091 (height
- flash_height
3092 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3093 width
, flash_height
);
3097 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3098 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3099 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3100 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3105 struct timeval wakeup
;
3107 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3109 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3110 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3111 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3112 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3114 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3116 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3118 struct timeval current
;
3119 struct timeval timeout
;
3121 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3123 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3124 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3127 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3129 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3131 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3132 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3136 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3137 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3139 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3141 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3142 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3143 width
, flash_height
);
3144 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3146 (height
- flash_height
3147 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3148 width
, flash_height
);
3151 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3152 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3153 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3154 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3157 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3158 #undef XFillRectangle
3160 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3169 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3173 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (FRAME_PTR f
, int invisible
)
3178 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3179 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3180 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3183 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3184 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3185 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3190 /* Make audible bell. */
3193 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3195 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3197 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3204 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3205 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3212 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3213 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3214 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3215 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3218 XTset_terminal_window (struct frame
*f
, int n
)
3220 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3225 /***********************************************************************
3227 ***********************************************************************/
3229 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3230 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3233 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3239 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3242 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3244 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3245 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3247 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3248 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3250 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3252 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3253 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3254 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3258 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3259 line at the bottom. */
3260 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3261 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3263 height
= run
->height
;
3267 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3269 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3270 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3272 height
= run
->height
;
3277 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3281 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3282 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3283 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3293 /***********************************************************************
3295 ***********************************************************************/
3299 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3301 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3302 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3303 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3304 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3306 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3307 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3309 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3310 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3314 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3316 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3317 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3318 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3319 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3321 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3322 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3324 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3325 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3328 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3329 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3330 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3331 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3332 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3335 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3337 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3339 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3341 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3342 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3343 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3345 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3346 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3348 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3349 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3351 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3354 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3357 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3358 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3359 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3362 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3364 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3366 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3368 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3369 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3371 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3372 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3373 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3374 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3375 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3377 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3378 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3382 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3385 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3386 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3389 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3391 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3393 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3395 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3396 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3400 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3401 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3403 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3404 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3408 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3409 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3411 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3414 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3416 struct frame
*frame
;
3418 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3422 switch (event
->type
)
3427 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3429 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3431 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3432 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3433 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3434 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3436 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3442 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3443 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3444 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3445 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3449 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3451 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3452 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3453 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3460 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3463 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3465 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3468 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3469 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3470 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3472 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3473 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3474 the appropriate X display info. */
3477 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3479 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3483 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3485 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3487 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3489 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3490 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3491 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3492 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3493 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3495 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3496 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3500 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3502 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3505 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3506 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3507 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3513 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3515 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3517 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3519 int min_code
, max_code
;
3522 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3524 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3525 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3526 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3527 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3528 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3530 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3532 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3533 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3535 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3537 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3538 Alt keysyms are on. */
3540 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3541 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3543 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3545 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3546 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3548 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3550 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3554 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3558 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3560 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3566 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3567 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3572 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3573 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3578 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3579 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3580 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3581 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3586 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3587 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3588 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3589 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3593 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3594 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3595 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3596 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3597 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3606 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3607 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3609 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3610 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3613 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3614 make them just meta, not alt. */
3615 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3617 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3620 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3621 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3624 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3628 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, unsigned int state
)
3630 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3631 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3632 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3633 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3636 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3637 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3638 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3639 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3640 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3641 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3642 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3643 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3646 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3647 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3648 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3649 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3650 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3651 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3655 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, unsigned int state
)
3657 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3658 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3659 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3660 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3664 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3665 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3666 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3667 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3668 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3669 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3670 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3671 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3674 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3675 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3676 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3677 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3678 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3679 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3682 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3685 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3690 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3698 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3700 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3702 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3706 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3708 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3710 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3711 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3712 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3713 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3715 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3719 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3720 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3721 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3727 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3728 The input handler calls this.
3730 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3731 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3732 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3733 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3735 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3736 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3739 note_mouse_movement (FRAME_PTR frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3741 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3742 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3743 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3745 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3748 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3750 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3751 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3752 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3753 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3758 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3759 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3760 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3761 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3762 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3763 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3765 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3766 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3767 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3768 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3769 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3770 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3778 /************************************************************************
3780 ************************************************************************/
3783 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3785 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3786 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3787 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3788 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3789 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3794 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3795 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3797 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3798 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3799 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3800 position on the scroll bar.
3802 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3803 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3806 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3807 was at this position.
3809 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3811 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3815 XTmouse_position (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
, enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
, long unsigned int *time
)
3821 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3822 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3828 Window dummy_window
;
3831 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3833 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3834 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3835 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3836 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3837 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3839 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3841 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3842 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3843 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3845 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3848 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3849 a different screen. */
3852 /* The position on that root window. */
3855 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3858 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3860 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3862 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3863 containing the pointer. */
3867 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3871 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3872 structure is changing at the same time this function
3873 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3875 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3877 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3878 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3880 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3881 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3882 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3884 /* From-window, to-window. */
3885 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3887 /* From-position, to-position. */
3888 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3892 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3898 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3900 /* From-window, to-window. */
3903 /* From-position, to-position. */
3904 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3909 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3912 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3913 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3914 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3915 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3916 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
3924 /* Now we know that:
3925 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3926 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3927 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3928 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3929 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3930 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3931 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3932 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3933 never use them in that case.) */
3936 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3937 want the edit window. */
3938 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3940 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3941 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3944 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3945 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3948 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3949 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3951 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3954 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3957 x_uncatch_errors ();
3959 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3962 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3964 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3968 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3974 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3975 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3979 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3980 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3981 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3982 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3983 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3984 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3985 the frame are divided into. */
3987 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3988 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
3993 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3994 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3995 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4005 /***********************************************************************
4007 ***********************************************************************/
4009 /* Scroll bar support. */
4011 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4013 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4016 static struct scroll_bar
*
4017 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4021 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4022 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4023 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4025 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4027 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4029 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4030 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4031 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4034 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4037 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4039 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4040 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4041 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4042 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4043 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4046 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4047 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4048 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4049 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4056 #if defined USE_LUCID
4058 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4059 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4062 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4066 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4068 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4070 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4071 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4073 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4081 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4084 /************************************************************************
4086 ************************************************************************/
4088 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4090 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4091 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4092 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4093 struct scroll_bar
*);
4094 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4098 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4099 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4101 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4103 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4105 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4107 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4108 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4111 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4113 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4115 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4117 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4118 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4119 to avoid jerkyness. */
4121 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4123 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4124 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4125 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4126 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4129 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4130 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4133 const char *end_action
;
4136 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4137 end_action
= "Release";
4138 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4139 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4140 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4141 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4144 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4145 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4149 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4150 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4151 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4153 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4155 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4156 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4157 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4159 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4160 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4162 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4163 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4166 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4168 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4169 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4171 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4172 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4175 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4176 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4177 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4178 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4181 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4184 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4185 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4186 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4191 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4192 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4193 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4194 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4195 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4198 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4199 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4200 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4201 into that array in the event. */
4202 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4203 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4206 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4208 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4209 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4210 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4212 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4214 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4215 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4218 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4219 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4220 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4221 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4222 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4223 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4225 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4226 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4227 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4228 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4231 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4232 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4233 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4234 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4239 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4243 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4245 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4250 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4251 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4253 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4254 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4256 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4257 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4260 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4262 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4264 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4265 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4266 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4267 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4268 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4274 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4276 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4279 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4280 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4281 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4284 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4286 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4287 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4288 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4292 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4293 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4294 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4297 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4298 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4299 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4302 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4303 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4304 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4307 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4308 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4309 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4313 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4314 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4317 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4318 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4319 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4326 /* Get the slider size. */
4328 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4331 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4332 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4333 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4334 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4338 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4344 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4345 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4346 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4350 #elif defined USE_GTK
4352 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4353 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4356 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4357 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4361 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4363 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4364 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4365 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4367 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4368 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4373 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4374 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4375 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4376 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4378 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4379 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4380 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4381 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4382 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4385 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4386 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4387 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4389 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4390 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4391 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4393 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4394 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4395 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4397 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4398 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4399 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4405 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4406 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4407 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4413 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4416 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4417 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4420 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4421 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4422 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4424 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4425 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4426 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4433 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4435 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4436 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4437 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4441 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4443 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4444 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4446 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4449 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4451 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4455 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4457 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4458 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4459 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4460 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4461 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4463 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4465 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4467 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4468 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4469 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4470 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4474 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4475 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4476 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4477 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4478 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4479 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4480 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4483 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4485 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4486 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4487 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4491 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4493 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4496 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4497 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4499 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4500 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4501 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4502 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4504 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4506 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4507 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4508 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4509 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4512 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4514 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4516 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4517 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4521 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4523 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4526 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4527 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4532 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4535 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4541 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4542 unsigned long pixel
;
4547 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4548 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4549 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4550 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4551 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4552 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4553 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4554 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4556 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4559 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4563 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4566 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4570 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4571 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4573 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4574 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4576 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4578 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4580 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4582 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4584 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4586 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4589 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4590 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4592 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4593 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4594 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4595 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4597 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4599 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4600 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4601 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4602 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4603 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4604 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4605 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4606 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4608 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4611 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4615 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4618 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4622 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4624 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4625 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4627 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4630 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4631 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4632 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4634 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4637 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4639 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4642 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4643 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4644 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4646 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4650 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4651 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4652 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4653 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4654 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4655 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4656 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4659 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4660 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4664 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4665 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4666 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4668 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4670 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4673 /* Specify the colors. */
4674 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4677 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4680 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4683 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4689 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4690 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4694 char *val
= initial
;
4695 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4696 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4697 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4699 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4700 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4701 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4702 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4703 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4704 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4708 /* Define callbacks. */
4709 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4710 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4713 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4714 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4716 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4718 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4719 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4720 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4721 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4723 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4724 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4725 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4726 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4730 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4733 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4734 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4738 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4740 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4743 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4745 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4748 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4749 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4756 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4757 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4758 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4759 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4760 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4761 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4762 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4763 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4764 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4765 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4766 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4767 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4768 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4769 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4776 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4777 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4780 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4784 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4785 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4787 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4788 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4789 size
= max (size
, 1);
4791 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4792 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4793 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4795 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4797 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4803 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4804 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4808 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4810 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4811 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4812 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4816 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4817 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4818 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4821 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4822 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4824 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4825 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4826 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4827 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4829 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4830 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4833 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4834 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4835 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4837 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4841 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4845 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4847 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4851 /************************************************************************
4852 Scroll bars, general
4853 ************************************************************************/
4855 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4856 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4857 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4860 static struct scroll_bar
*
4861 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4863 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4864 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4865 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4869 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4870 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4871 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4873 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4877 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4878 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4879 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4881 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4882 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4884 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4886 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4888 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4889 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4890 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4891 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4892 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4894 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4896 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4897 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4898 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4900 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4902 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4909 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4911 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4913 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4917 bar
->height
= height
;
4920 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4921 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4923 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4924 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4926 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4927 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4928 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4930 /* Map the window/widget. */
4931 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4934 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4937 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4938 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4940 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4941 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4942 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4943 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4945 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4946 max (height
, 1), 0);
4947 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4948 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4950 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4951 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
4952 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4959 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4961 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4963 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4964 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4965 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4968 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4969 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4970 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4971 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4972 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4975 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
4977 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4978 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
4979 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4980 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4982 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4984 && start
== bar
->start
4991 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
4992 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
4993 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
4995 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4996 the distance between start and end. */
4998 int length
= end
- start
;
5002 else if (start
> top_range
)
5004 end
= start
+ length
;
5008 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5012 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5016 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5017 if (end
> top_range
)
5020 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5021 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5022 that many pixels tall. */
5023 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5025 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5026 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5028 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5029 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5030 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5031 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5032 inside_width
, start
,
5035 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5036 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5037 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5038 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5040 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5041 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5042 /* x, y, width, height */
5043 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5044 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5045 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5047 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5048 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5049 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5050 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5052 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5053 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5054 if (end
< inside_height
)
5055 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5056 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5057 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5058 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5059 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5067 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5069 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5073 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5075 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5078 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5080 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5081 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5082 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5083 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5085 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5088 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5089 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5095 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5096 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5097 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5101 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5103 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5104 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5105 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5106 int window_y
, window_height
;
5107 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5108 int fringe_extended_p
;
5111 /* Get window dimensions. */
5112 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5114 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5115 height
= window_height
;
5117 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5118 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5120 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5121 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5122 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5123 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5127 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5128 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5129 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5130 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5132 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5134 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5135 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5140 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5141 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5142 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5143 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5144 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5145 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5147 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5148 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5149 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5150 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5153 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5154 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5156 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5159 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5160 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5161 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5162 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5165 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5166 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5170 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5174 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5175 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5177 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5181 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5183 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5185 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5187 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5190 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5192 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5193 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5195 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5196 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5197 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5199 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5200 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5201 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5203 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5204 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5207 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5210 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5211 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5213 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5214 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5215 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5217 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5218 max (height
, 1), 0);
5219 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5221 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5223 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5224 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5225 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5227 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5228 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5230 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5231 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5232 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5236 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5237 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5238 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5241 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5242 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5243 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5245 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5246 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5247 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5248 rest
, height
, False
);
5250 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5251 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5255 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5260 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5262 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5264 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5268 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5270 /* Remember new settings. */
5271 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5273 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5274 bar
->height
= height
;
5279 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5280 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5282 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5283 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5284 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5286 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5288 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5291 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5294 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5295 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5296 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5299 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5301 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5305 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5306 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5307 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5308 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5309 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5310 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5311 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5313 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5314 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5315 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5318 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR frame
)
5320 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5321 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5324 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5325 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5326 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5327 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5328 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5329 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5330 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5335 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5336 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5339 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5341 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5344 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5345 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5348 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5350 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5351 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5352 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5354 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5356 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5357 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5359 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5360 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5361 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5363 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5364 one or the other! */
5368 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5370 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5371 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5373 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5375 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5376 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5377 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5380 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5381 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5384 XTjudge_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR f
)
5386 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5388 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5390 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5391 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5392 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5394 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5396 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5398 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5401 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5404 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5405 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5409 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5410 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5411 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5413 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5417 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5419 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5420 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5421 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5422 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5426 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5428 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5429 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5430 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5431 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5433 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5434 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5436 /* x, y, width, height */
5438 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5441 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5442 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5443 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5444 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5449 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5451 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5452 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5454 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5459 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5461 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5464 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5465 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5466 emacs_event
->modifiers
5467 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5468 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5469 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5470 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5473 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5474 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5475 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5478 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5479 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5482 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5485 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5486 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5487 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5489 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5491 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5492 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5493 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5494 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5496 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5497 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5499 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5500 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5504 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5505 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5509 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5511 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5513 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5517 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5519 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5521 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5524 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5526 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5527 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5529 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5530 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5532 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5534 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5536 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5541 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5543 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5544 on the scroll bar. */
5547 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
, enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
, long unsigned int *time
)
5549 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5550 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5551 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5553 Window dummy_window
;
5555 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5559 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5561 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5563 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5564 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5565 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5567 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5570 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5576 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5578 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5580 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5581 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5585 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5589 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5591 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5592 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5593 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5594 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5595 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5596 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5598 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5600 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5601 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5604 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5607 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5613 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5614 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5615 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5619 x_scroll_bar_clear (FRAME_PTR f
)
5621 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5624 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5625 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5626 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5627 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5628 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5629 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5630 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5631 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5633 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5637 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5639 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5640 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5641 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5642 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5644 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5645 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5647 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5649 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5650 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5652 static int temp_index
;
5653 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5655 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5656 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5658 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5660 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5661 on a particular display. */
5663 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5665 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5666 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5667 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5668 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5670 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5672 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT \
5675 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5676 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5677 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5678 *f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = event; \
5679 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5680 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5691 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5692 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5693 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5695 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5697 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5701 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5703 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5704 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5705 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5708 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5709 event
->xclient
.window
);
5711 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5716 static int current_count
;
5717 static int current_finish
;
5718 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5720 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5721 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5722 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5723 static GdkFilterReturn
5724 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5726 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5729 if (current_count
>= 0)
5731 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5733 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5736 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5737 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5738 so we do it here. */
5739 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5741 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5744 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5749 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5752 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5756 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5760 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5761 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5763 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5765 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5768 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time time
,
5769 enum xembed_message message
,
5770 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5772 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5774 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5775 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5776 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5778 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5781 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventp
, int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5784 struct input_event ie
;
5785 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5790 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5791 struct coding_system coding
;
5792 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5793 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5795 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5797 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5798 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5801 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5802 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5808 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5809 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5810 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5812 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5813 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5815 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5816 could be the shell widget window
5817 if the frame has no title bar. */
5818 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5820 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5821 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5822 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5824 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5825 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5826 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5827 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5828 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5831 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5832 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5833 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5834 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5837 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5838 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5839 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5842 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5843 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5844 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5846 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5847 /* The ICCCM says this is
5848 the only valid choice. */
5850 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5851 /* This is needed to detect the error
5852 if there is an error. */
5854 x_uncatch_errors ();
5856 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5861 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5862 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5864 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5865 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5866 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5867 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5868 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5869 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5870 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5871 session manager and one for this. */
5873 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5876 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5877 event
.xclient
.window
);
5878 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5879 for a single Emacs process. */
5880 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5881 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5882 event
.xclient
.window
,
5883 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5885 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5886 event
.xclient
.window
,
5892 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5893 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5895 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5896 event
.xclient
.window
);
5898 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5900 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5901 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5908 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5909 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5914 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5915 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5918 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5920 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5921 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5925 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5932 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5933 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5935 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5937 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5941 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5943 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5944 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5945 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5946 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5948 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5949 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5950 currently never do because we are interested in
5951 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5952 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5953 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5956 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5957 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5961 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5962 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5963 we construct an input_event. */
5964 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5965 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5967 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5968 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5971 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5973 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
5974 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5975 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
5977 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5978 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
5979 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
5981 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5985 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
5987 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5990 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5991 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5995 case SelectionNotify
:
5996 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
5997 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5998 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6000 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6001 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6004 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6005 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6006 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6007 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6009 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6011 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
6013 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6014 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6015 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6016 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6017 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6021 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6022 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6023 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6024 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6026 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6028 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
6029 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
6031 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6032 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6033 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6034 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6035 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6036 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6037 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6038 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6042 case PropertyNotify
:
6043 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6044 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6045 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6046 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
);
6048 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6049 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6052 case ReparentNotify
:
6053 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6057 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6058 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6062 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6063 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6064 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6069 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6073 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6074 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6075 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6076 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6077 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6080 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6082 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6083 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6084 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6085 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6089 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6090 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6094 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6095 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6097 #if defined USE_LUCID
6098 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6099 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6100 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6103 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6105 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6107 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6109 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6110 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6112 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6113 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6114 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6117 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6118 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6121 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6122 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6126 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6127 source area was obscured or not
6129 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6133 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6134 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6135 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6137 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6140 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6143 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6144 source area was completely
6149 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6150 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6153 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6156 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6157 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6158 the frame was deleted. */
6160 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6161 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6162 display that won't ever be seen. */
6163 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6164 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6165 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6166 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6167 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6168 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6169 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6170 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6172 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6174 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6175 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6181 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6182 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6183 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6186 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6187 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6188 frame is visible. */
6189 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6192 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6193 the frame's display structures.
6194 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6195 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6196 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6197 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6198 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6199 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6201 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6202 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6203 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6204 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6206 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6207 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6208 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6212 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6213 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6215 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6216 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6217 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6218 to update the frame titles
6219 in case this is the second frame. */
6220 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6223 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6230 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6231 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6233 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6234 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6235 if (popup_activated ())
6239 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6241 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6242 mouse highlighting. */
6243 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6245 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6247 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6248 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6251 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6254 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6255 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6256 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6258 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6260 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6261 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6264 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6268 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6269 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6270 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6273 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6274 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6275 status_return even if the input is too long to
6276 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6277 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6278 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6279 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6280 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6281 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6282 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6284 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6288 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6289 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6290 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6292 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6296 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6297 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6298 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6300 /* This will have to go some day... */
6302 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6303 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6304 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6305 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6306 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6307 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6308 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6310 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6311 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6312 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6313 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6314 not it is combined with Meta. */
6315 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6316 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6321 Status status_return
;
6323 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6324 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6325 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6326 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6328 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6330 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6331 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6332 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6333 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6334 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6337 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6338 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6340 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6345 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6346 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6350 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6351 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6354 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6355 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6359 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6360 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6361 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6364 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6365 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6367 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6368 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6370 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6371 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6373 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6374 translations to characters. */
6375 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6376 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6378 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6379 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6383 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6384 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6386 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6387 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6389 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6390 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6394 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6395 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6396 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6400 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6401 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6402 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6403 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6407 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6408 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6409 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6410 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6411 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6412 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6414 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6415 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6417 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6418 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6419 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6420 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6421 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6422 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6424 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6425 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6427 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6428 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6430 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6431 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6433 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6434 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6436 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6437 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6439 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6440 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6442 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6443 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6445 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6446 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6448 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6449 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6451 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6452 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6454 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6455 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6457 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6458 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6460 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6461 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6463 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6464 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6465 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6466 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6467 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6468 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6469 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6470 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6471 don't have real modifiers but
6472 should be treated similarly to
6473 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6474 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6475 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6477 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6478 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6482 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6483 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6485 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6486 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6490 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6495 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6497 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6499 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6502 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6504 /* Decode the input data. */
6507 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6508 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6509 we used just above and the locale. */
6510 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6511 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6512 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6513 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6514 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6515 gives us composition information. */
6516 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6518 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6519 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6520 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6521 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6522 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6523 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6524 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6525 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6528 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6529 character events. */
6530 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6532 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6533 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6535 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6536 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6537 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6538 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6540 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6545 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6547 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6553 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6554 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6562 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6564 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6565 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6573 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6574 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6576 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6578 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6579 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6581 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6582 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6583 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6584 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6586 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6587 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6588 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6589 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6594 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6598 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6599 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6601 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6604 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6606 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6607 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6608 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6609 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6612 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6613 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6614 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6615 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6616 if (any_help_event_p
)
6620 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6621 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6622 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6627 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6632 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6633 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6634 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6636 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6637 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6638 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6640 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6642 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6644 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6645 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6649 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6655 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6656 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6657 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6661 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6662 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6665 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6666 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6667 will be selected only when it is active. */
6668 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6669 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6670 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6671 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6672 create event iff we don't leave the
6674 && (focus_follows_mouse
6675 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6676 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6678 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6679 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6684 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6685 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6689 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6690 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6691 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6692 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6695 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6696 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6698 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6699 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6700 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6703 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6704 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6705 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6706 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6711 case ConfigureNotify
:
6712 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6715 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6716 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6718 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6719 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6725 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6727 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6728 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6730 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6731 is called by the code that handles resizing
6732 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6734 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6735 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6736 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6737 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6738 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6739 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6740 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6742 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6743 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6744 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6747 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6748 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6749 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6753 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6754 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6755 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6756 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6759 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6763 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6764 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6773 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6774 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6777 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6778 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6779 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6781 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6783 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6784 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6786 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6789 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6794 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6795 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6796 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6799 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6800 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6802 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6803 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6805 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6807 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6808 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6809 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6810 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6815 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6816 if (! popup_activated ())
6819 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6821 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6822 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6824 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6825 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6827 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6828 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6831 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6833 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6834 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6835 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6839 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6840 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6841 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6843 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6844 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6846 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6848 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6849 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6851 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6853 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6854 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6857 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6859 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6860 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6863 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6866 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6868 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6869 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6870 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6874 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6875 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6876 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6877 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6878 Instead, save it away
6879 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6880 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6881 if (! popup_activated ()
6883 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6884 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6886 && f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6887 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6888 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6889 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6890 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6891 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6892 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6893 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6895 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6896 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6897 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6899 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6901 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6906 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6910 case CirculateNotify
:
6913 case CirculateRequest
:
6916 case VisibilityNotify
:
6920 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6922 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6924 case MappingModifier
:
6925 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6926 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6927 case MappingKeyboard
:
6928 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6933 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6938 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6940 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6941 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6943 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6948 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6950 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6955 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6960 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6966 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6967 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6968 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6972 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6973 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6983 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6984 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6985 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6987 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6989 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
6991 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6992 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6994 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6997 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7003 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7004 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7005 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7007 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7008 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7009 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7012 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7015 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, int expected
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7019 int event_found
= 0;
7021 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7023 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7025 pending_signals
= 1;
7030 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7032 pending_signals
= pending_atimers
;
7036 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7037 input_signal_count
++;
7042 /* Only check session manager input for the primary display. */
7043 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
7045 struct input_event inev
;
7047 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7048 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7049 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7051 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7058 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7059 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7061 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7062 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7066 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7070 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7073 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7074 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7079 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7080 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7082 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7088 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7089 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7090 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7091 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7093 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7094 from all displays. */
7096 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7098 current_count
= count
;
7099 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7101 gtk_main_iteration ();
7103 count
= current_count
;
7105 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7107 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7110 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7114 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7115 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7118 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7119 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7120 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7122 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7126 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7127 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7129 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7131 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7132 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7136 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7138 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7139 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7141 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7142 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7154 /***********************************************************************
7156 ***********************************************************************/
7158 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7159 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7161 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7162 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7163 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7166 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int area
, GC gc
)
7168 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7169 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7170 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7172 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7174 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7175 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7176 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7177 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7178 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7180 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7184 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7187 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7189 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7190 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7191 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7194 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7197 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7198 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7199 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7200 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7203 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7204 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7205 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7207 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7208 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7209 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7210 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7211 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7213 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7214 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7215 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7217 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7218 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7219 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7220 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7224 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7226 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7227 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7228 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7232 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7234 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7235 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7237 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7238 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7240 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7241 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7244 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7245 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7246 the bar might not be in the window. */
7247 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7249 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7250 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7251 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7255 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7256 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7257 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7258 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7259 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7262 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7263 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7264 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7265 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7266 that the glyph is legible. */
7267 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7268 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7270 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7271 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7274 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7277 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7278 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7281 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7283 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7285 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7288 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7289 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7291 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7293 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7294 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7295 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7296 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7298 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7299 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7300 width
, row
->height
);
7304 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7307 width
= row
->height
;
7309 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7311 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7312 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7314 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7315 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7316 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7317 row
->height
- width
),
7318 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7321 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7326 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7329 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7331 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7332 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7333 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7334 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7338 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7341 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7343 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7344 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7346 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7347 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7348 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7353 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7356 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
, int y
, int cursor_type
, int cursor_width
, int on_p
, int active_p
)
7358 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7362 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7363 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7365 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7366 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7367 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7368 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7370 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7371 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7375 switch (cursor_type
)
7377 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7378 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7381 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7382 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7386 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7390 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7394 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7403 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7404 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7405 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7410 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7417 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7420 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7424 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7427 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7428 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7429 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7430 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7435 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7436 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7437 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7439 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7440 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7441 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7445 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7446 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7452 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7453 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7456 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7458 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7460 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7464 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7467 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7468 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7472 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7473 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7477 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7478 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7479 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7480 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7481 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7483 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7486 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7487 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7493 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7494 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7497 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7499 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7504 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7505 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7507 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7508 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7511 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7512 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7513 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7514 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7519 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7521 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7522 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7524 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7525 be called from a signal handler.
7528 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7529 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7531 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7533 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7535 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7536 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7537 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7540 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
)
7542 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7543 x_error_message
->string
,
7544 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7547 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7548 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7551 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7552 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7553 stored in *x_error_message.
7555 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7556 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7558 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7560 void x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
);
7563 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7565 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7567 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7571 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7572 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7573 x_error_message
= data
;
7576 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7577 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7580 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7582 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7586 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7587 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7588 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7589 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7591 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7592 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7597 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7598 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7599 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7602 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7604 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7607 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7609 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7610 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7611 x_uncatch_errors ();
7612 error (format
, string
);
7616 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7617 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7620 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7622 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7625 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7628 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7631 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7633 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7636 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7637 * idea. --lorentey */
7638 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7641 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7643 while (x_error_message
)
7644 x_uncatch_errors ();
7648 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7651 x_catching_errors (void)
7653 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7657 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7660 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7665 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7666 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7667 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7668 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7669 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7672 x_connection_signal (int signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7673 /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7676 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7677 must reestablish each time */
7678 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7683 /************************************************************************
7685 ************************************************************************/
7687 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7689 static char *error_msg
;
7691 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7692 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7693 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7696 x_fatal_error_signal (void)
7698 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7702 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7703 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7706 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7708 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7709 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7710 int index
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7712 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7713 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7714 handling_signal
= 0;
7716 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7717 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7718 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7719 the original message here. */
7720 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7722 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7723 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7727 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7729 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7730 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7733 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7734 that are on the dead display. */
7735 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7737 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7739 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7740 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7741 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7742 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7743 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7744 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7747 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7748 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7749 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7750 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7751 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7752 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7754 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7755 trying to find a replacement. */
7756 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7757 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7760 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7761 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7764 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7765 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7766 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7767 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7769 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7770 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7771 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7773 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1',
7774 opened in the first call to make-frame-on-display.
7776 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7777 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7778 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to circumvent it here. */
7779 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7780 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7781 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7782 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7785 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7786 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7787 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7788 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7789 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7790 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7791 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7792 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7793 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7796 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7798 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7799 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7801 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7802 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7803 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7804 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7809 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7810 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7814 x_uncatch_errors ();
7816 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7818 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7819 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7823 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7825 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7827 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7828 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7830 unbind_to (index
, Qnil
);
7831 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7832 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7833 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7834 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7835 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7838 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7839 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7840 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7842 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7843 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7846 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
)
7848 if (x_error_message
)
7849 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7851 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7855 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7856 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7857 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7859 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7861 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7862 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7864 static void NO_INLINE
7865 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
)
7867 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7869 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7870 or colors that are not defined. */
7872 if (error
->error_code
== BadName
)
7875 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7876 original error handler. */
7878 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7879 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7880 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7881 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7885 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7886 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7887 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7890 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7894 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7895 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7899 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7901 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7902 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7903 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7907 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7909 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7912 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7913 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7914 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7915 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7919 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7920 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7921 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7922 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
7923 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7925 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7927 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7928 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7930 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7931 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7932 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7936 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7937 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7940 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7942 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7943 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7944 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7945 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7946 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7951 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7954 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7963 /***********************************************************************
7965 ***********************************************************************/
7971 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7972 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7973 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7976 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7978 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7979 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7983 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7984 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7986 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7987 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7989 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7990 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7994 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7995 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7996 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8000 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8003 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8004 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
8007 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8008 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8011 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8019 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8020 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8027 XIMCallback destroy
;
8030 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8031 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8034 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8035 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8036 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8042 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8043 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8047 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8049 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8050 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8051 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8052 when the callback was registered. */
8055 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8057 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8058 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8060 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8064 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8066 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8067 as they have no XIC. */
8068 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8070 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8073 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8075 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8078 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8079 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8081 create_frame_xic (f
);
8082 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8083 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8084 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8086 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8087 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8096 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8099 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8100 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8101 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8102 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8105 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8107 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8111 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8112 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8115 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8116 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8117 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8118 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8119 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8120 memcpy (xim_inst
->resource_name
, resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8121 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8122 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8123 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8124 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8125 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8126 least, hence the configure test. */
8127 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8128 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8129 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8130 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8132 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8136 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8139 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8144 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8145 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8146 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8148 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8149 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8150 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8151 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8152 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8153 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8154 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8155 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8157 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8160 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8164 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8165 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8168 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8170 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8172 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8173 is already for the top-left corner. */
8174 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8177 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8178 position that fits on the screen. */
8179 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8180 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8181 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8184 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8186 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8187 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8188 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8190 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8191 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8192 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8193 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8196 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8197 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8199 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8202 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8203 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8204 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8207 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8208 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8209 so the flags should correspond. */
8210 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8213 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8214 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8215 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8216 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8217 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8220 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8222 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8224 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8226 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8227 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8231 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8233 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8235 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8236 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8238 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8241 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8243 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8244 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8246 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8248 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8249 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8250 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8251 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8252 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8255 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8256 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8258 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8259 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8262 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8263 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8264 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8265 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8268 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8269 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8270 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8272 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8273 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8274 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8275 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8276 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8277 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8282 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8283 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8284 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8285 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8286 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8289 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8292 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8293 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8294 Window wmcheck_window
;
8295 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8296 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8297 long max_len
= 65536;
8298 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8299 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8300 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8304 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8305 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8306 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8307 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8308 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8309 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8311 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8313 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8314 x_uncatch_errors ();
8319 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8322 /* Check if window exists. */
8323 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8325 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8327 x_uncatch_errors ();
8332 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8334 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8335 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8336 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8337 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8338 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8339 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8341 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8343 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8344 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8345 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8346 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8347 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8349 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8351 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8352 x_uncatch_errors ();
8357 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8358 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8359 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8364 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8365 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8367 x_uncatch_errors ();
8374 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8376 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8378 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8379 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8381 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8383 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8385 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8387 ? Fcons (make_fixnum_or_float (value
), Qnil
)
8392 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8395 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8397 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8399 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8400 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8403 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8404 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8405 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not. */
8408 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8414 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8415 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8416 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8417 long max_len
= 65536;
8418 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8419 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8420 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8423 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8426 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8427 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8428 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8429 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8430 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8432 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8434 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8435 x_uncatch_errors ();
8440 x_uncatch_errors ();
8442 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8444 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8445 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8447 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8448 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8450 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8452 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8454 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8455 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8457 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8459 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8460 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8461 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8465 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8469 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8472 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8474 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8475 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8478 get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8480 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8481 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8483 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8485 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8489 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8491 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8492 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8493 are sent at once. */
8494 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8496 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8497 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8498 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8499 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8500 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8501 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8503 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8504 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8505 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8506 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8507 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8508 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8509 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8511 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8512 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8513 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8514 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8515 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8516 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8517 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8519 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8520 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8521 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8522 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8523 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8525 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8526 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8527 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8529 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8530 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8533 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8537 return have_net_atom
;
8541 XTfullscreen_hook (FRAME_PTR f
)
8543 if (f
->async_visible
)
8546 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8554 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8556 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8560 get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8564 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8567 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8570 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8573 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8578 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8579 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8582 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8583 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8585 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8587 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8590 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8591 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8593 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8594 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8595 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8597 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8599 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8600 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8602 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8604 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8605 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8606 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8607 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8608 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8610 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8611 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8613 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8614 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8617 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8622 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8623 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8624 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8625 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8626 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8627 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8628 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8631 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8633 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8635 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8636 window manager window around the frame. */
8638 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8640 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8642 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8647 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8648 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8649 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8651 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8653 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8654 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8656 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8657 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8659 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8662 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8663 frame's position. */
8665 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8669 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8670 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8671 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8672 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8673 of an exact comparison. */
8676 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8680 while (count
++ < 50)
8682 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8684 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8685 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8688 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8689 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8693 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8696 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8697 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8700 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8704 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8705 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8707 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8711 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8713 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8715 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8718 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8719 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8721 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8722 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8724 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticable.
8725 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8726 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (tmo
, 0, 100000);
8727 EMACS_GET_TIME (tmo_at
);
8728 EMACS_ADD_TIME (tmo_at
, tmo_at
, tmo
);
8730 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8732 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
8733 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
8734 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8736 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8741 EMACS_GET_TIME (time_now
);
8742 EMACS_SUB_TIME (tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
);
8744 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (tmo
) || select (fd
+1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
) == 0)
8745 break; /* Timeout */
8747 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8748 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8752 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8753 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8754 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8755 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8758 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8760 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8762 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8763 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8764 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8766 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8768 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8770 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8771 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8772 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8773 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8775 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8776 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8777 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8778 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8781 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8782 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8783 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8784 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8785 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8787 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8788 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8789 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8790 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8792 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8793 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8794 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8795 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8796 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8798 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8801 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8802 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8803 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8804 if (f
->async_visible
)
8805 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8808 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8809 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8810 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8816 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8817 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8818 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8819 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8822 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8826 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8830 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8831 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8832 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8833 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8834 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8835 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8836 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8837 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8838 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8839 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8841 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8843 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8844 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8845 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8846 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8847 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8848 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8849 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8853 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8854 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8856 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8857 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8859 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8861 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8863 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8864 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8866 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8867 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8868 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8869 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8870 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8875 /* Mouse warping. */
8878 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8882 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8883 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8885 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8886 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8888 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8889 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8893 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8894 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8898 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8901 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8905 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8906 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8910 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8913 x_focus_on_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8916 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8917 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8918 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8919 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8920 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8925 x_unfocus_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8928 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8929 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8930 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8931 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8935 /* Raise frame F. */
8938 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8941 if (f
->async_visible
)
8942 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8944 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8948 /* Lower frame F. */
8951 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8953 if (f
->async_visible
)
8956 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8957 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8962 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8965 x_ewmh_activate_frame (FRAME_PTR f
)
8967 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8968 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8970 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8971 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8974 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8975 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8976 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8978 Fcons (make_number (1),
8979 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
8985 XTframe_raise_lower (FRAME_PTR f
, int raise_flag
)
8993 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8996 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
8998 unsigned long data
[2];
8999 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9001 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9004 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9005 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
9006 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9010 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time time
, enum xembed_message message
, long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
9014 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9015 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9016 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9017 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9018 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = time
;
9019 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = message
;
9020 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9021 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9022 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9024 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9025 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9026 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9029 /* Change of visibility. */
9031 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9032 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9033 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9034 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9035 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9036 finishes with it. */
9039 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
9042 int original_top
, original_left
;
9043 int retry_count
= 2;
9049 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9051 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9053 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9055 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9056 call x_set_offset a second time
9057 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9058 before the window gets really visible. */
9059 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9060 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9061 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9062 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9064 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9066 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9067 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9068 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9069 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9070 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9073 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9074 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9076 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9078 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9079 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9081 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9082 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9084 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9085 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9086 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9089 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9091 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9092 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9093 so that incoming events are handled. */
9097 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9098 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9099 will set it when they are handled. */
9100 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9102 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9103 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9105 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9108 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9110 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9111 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9112 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9113 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9115 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9116 because the window manager may choose the position
9117 and we don't want to override it. */
9119 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9120 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9121 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9122 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9123 && previously_visible
)
9127 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9131 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9132 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9133 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9134 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9135 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9136 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9137 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9138 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9139 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9141 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9142 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9143 original_left
, original_top
);
9148 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9150 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9151 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9152 MapNotify at all.. */
9153 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9154 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9156 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9159 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9160 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9161 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9162 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9163 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9165 if (input_polling_used ())
9167 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9168 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9169 handler reset it. */
9170 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9171 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9172 poll_for_input_1 ();
9173 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9176 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9177 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9182 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9186 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9187 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9188 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9189 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9191 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
9196 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9198 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9201 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9205 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9206 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9208 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9209 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9210 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9214 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9215 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9216 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9217 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9218 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9219 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9222 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9223 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9226 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9227 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9232 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9233 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9235 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9236 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9240 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9241 just by the event that we get from the server.
9242 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9243 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9244 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9246 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9247 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9248 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9255 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9258 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9263 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9264 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9265 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9267 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9272 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9274 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9276 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9279 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9281 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9282 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9284 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9287 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9288 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9294 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9296 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9298 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9299 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9300 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9301 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9302 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9303 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9304 so we have to record it here. */
9307 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9308 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9313 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9314 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9315 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9319 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9321 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9322 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9326 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9328 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9330 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9331 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9332 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9333 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9334 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9335 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9337 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9338 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9340 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9341 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9345 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9346 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9347 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9348 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9349 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9351 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9352 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9354 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9357 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9358 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9362 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9364 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9366 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9368 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9369 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9372 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9373 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9375 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9377 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9381 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9384 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9386 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9388 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9389 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9393 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9394 commands to the X server. */
9395 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9397 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9398 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9400 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9401 free_frame_faces (f
);
9403 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9404 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9406 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9407 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9408 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9409 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9410 toolkit scroll bars. */
9411 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9413 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9414 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9423 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9424 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9426 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9427 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9429 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9430 we are using a toolkit. */
9431 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9432 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9434 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9435 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9438 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9439 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9441 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9442 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9443 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9445 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9446 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9447 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9448 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9449 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9450 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9452 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9453 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9454 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9455 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9456 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9457 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9458 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9459 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9460 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9461 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9462 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9463 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9464 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9465 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9466 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9469 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9472 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9473 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9474 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9476 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9477 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9478 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9479 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9480 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9481 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9483 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9485 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9486 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9487 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9488 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9489 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9490 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9491 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9498 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9501 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9503 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9505 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9506 commands to the X server. */
9507 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9508 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9510 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9514 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9516 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9517 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9518 that the window now has.
9519 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9520 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9521 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9525 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, int user_position
)
9527 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9528 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9530 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9531 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9533 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9534 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9536 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9537 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9539 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9540 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9541 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9542 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9543 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9544 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9546 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9548 int base_width
, base_height
;
9549 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9551 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9552 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9554 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9556 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9557 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9558 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9559 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9560 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9562 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9563 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9564 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9566 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9567 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9568 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9569 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9570 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9573 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9576 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9581 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9582 long supplied_return
;
9585 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9589 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9594 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9595 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9596 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9597 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9598 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9599 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9600 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9601 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9608 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9609 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9613 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9614 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9616 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9618 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9620 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9622 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9625 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9627 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9630 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9631 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9632 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9633 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9635 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9636 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9638 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9639 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9643 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, int pixmap_id
)
9645 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9647 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9648 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9653 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9654 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9655 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9656 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9660 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9668 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9672 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9676 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9677 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9678 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9679 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9682 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9684 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9685 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9687 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9691 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9693 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9695 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9696 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9697 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9699 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9703 /***********************************************************************
9705 ***********************************************************************/
9709 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9713 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9717 xassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9718 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9719 xassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9722 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9725 /***********************************************************************
9727 ***********************************************************************/
9729 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9730 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9731 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9732 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9734 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9735 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9736 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9738 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9739 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9740 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9741 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9742 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9743 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9744 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9747 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9749 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9751 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9753 static int x_initialized
;
9756 static int x_session_initialized
;
9759 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9760 the screen number from the server number. */
9762 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9765 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9766 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
9767 int length_until_period
= 0;
9769 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9770 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9771 length_until_period
++;
9773 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9774 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9776 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9778 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9779 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9780 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9781 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9782 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9783 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9784 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9785 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9786 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9787 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9788 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9789 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9790 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9791 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9793 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9797 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9801 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9802 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9805 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9806 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9809 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9830 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9831 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9834 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9839 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9841 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9849 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
, const gchar
*message
, gpointer user_data
)
9851 if (!strstr (message
, "g_set_prgname"))
9852 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, message
);
9856 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9857 the structure that describes the open display.
9858 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9860 struct x_display_info
*
9861 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9865 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9866 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9868 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
;
9878 if (! x_display_ok (SDATA (display_name
)))
9879 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SDATA (display_name
));
9885 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9886 char **argv2
= argv
;
9889 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9891 xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9895 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9896 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9898 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9902 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9904 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9906 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9907 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
9910 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9911 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9913 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9915 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9916 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9917 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9918 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9919 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9920 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9922 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
9926 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
9928 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
9929 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9931 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9933 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9934 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9936 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
9937 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9939 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9940 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
9943 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9944 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9947 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9948 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9949 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9951 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9952 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9953 So let's not use it until R6. */
9955 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9966 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9967 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9969 turn_on_atimers (0);
9970 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
9971 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9972 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9974 turn_on_atimers (1);
9977 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
9982 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9983 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9984 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
9985 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9986 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
9988 /* Detect failure. */
9995 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
9997 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
9998 memset (dpyinfo
, 0, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
9999 hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
10001 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10004 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10007 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10008 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10009 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10010 SDATA (display_name
)))
10013 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10016 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10017 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10018 terminal
->kboard
->Vwindow_system
= Qx
;
10020 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
10021 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
10022 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
10023 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10024 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10026 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10028 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10030 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
10031 list of terminals. */
10032 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10033 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10034 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10035 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10037 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10038 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10040 terminal
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10041 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10042 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
10044 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10045 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10049 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10050 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10051 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10052 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10053 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10055 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10058 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10059 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10060 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10062 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10063 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10064 x_display_name_list
);
10065 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10067 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10069 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10070 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10071 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10072 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10075 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10079 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10080 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10082 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10083 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10085 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10086 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10088 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10090 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10091 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10092 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10094 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10095 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10097 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10098 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10099 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10100 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10102 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10104 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10106 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10108 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10109 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10110 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10111 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10112 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10113 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10114 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10115 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10116 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10117 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10118 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10119 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10120 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10121 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10122 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10123 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10124 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10125 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10126 hlinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10127 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10128 hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10129 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10130 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10131 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10132 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10133 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10134 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10135 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10137 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10138 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10139 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10141 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10143 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10144 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10145 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10146 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10147 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10148 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10151 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10152 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10154 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10157 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10158 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10159 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10161 if (STRINGP (value
)
10162 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10163 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10164 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10168 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10169 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10173 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10174 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10175 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10176 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10177 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10179 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10181 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10182 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10186 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10188 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10189 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10190 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10191 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10192 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10193 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10194 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10195 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10196 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10205 { "WM_PROTOCOLS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
},
10206 { "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
},
10207 { "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
},
10208 { "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
},
10209 { "WM_CHANGE_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
},
10210 { "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
},
10211 { "WM_MOVED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
},
10212 { "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
},
10213 { "Editres", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
},
10214 { "CLIPBOARD", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
},
10215 { "TIMESTAMP", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
},
10216 { "TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
},
10217 { "COMPOUND_TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
},
10218 { "UTF8_STRING", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
},
10219 { "DELETE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
},
10220 { "MULTIPLE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
},
10221 { "INCR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
},
10222 { "_EMACS_TMP_", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
},
10223 { "TARGETS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
},
10224 { "NULL", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
},
10225 { "ATOM_PAIR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
},
10226 { "_XEMBED_INFO", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
},
10227 /* For properties of font. */
10228 { "PIXEL_SIZE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
},
10229 { "AVERAGE_WIDTH", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
},
10230 { "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
},
10231 { "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
},
10232 { "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
},
10233 /* Ghostscript support. */
10234 { "DONE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
},
10235 { "PAGE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
},
10236 { "SCROLLBAR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
},
10237 { "_XEMBED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
},
10239 { "_NET_WM_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
},
10240 { "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
},
10241 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10242 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
},
10243 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10244 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
},
10245 { "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
},
10246 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
},
10247 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10248 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
},
10249 { "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
},
10250 { "_NET_WM_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_name
},
10251 { "_NET_SUPPORTED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
},
10252 { "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
},
10253 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
},
10254 { "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
},
10255 { "_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_frame_extents
},
10256 /* Session management */
10257 { "SM_CLIENT_ID", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
},
10258 { "_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_prop
},
10259 { "MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_mgr
},
10263 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10264 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10265 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10266 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (sizeof (Atom
) * total_atom_count
);
10267 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (sizeof (char *) * total_atom_count
);
10268 char xsettings_atom_name
[64];
10270 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10271 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10273 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10274 snprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, sizeof (xsettings_atom_name
),
10275 "_XSETTINGS_S%d", XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10276 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10278 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10279 False
, atoms_return
);
10281 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10282 *atom_refs
[i
].atom
= atoms_return
[i
];
10284 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10285 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10287 xfree (atom_names
);
10288 xfree (atoms_return
);
10291 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10292 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10293 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10294 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10296 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10297 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10298 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10300 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10301 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10305 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10307 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10308 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10312 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10315 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10317 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10318 if (connection
!= 0)
10319 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10322 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10323 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10326 if (interrupt_input
)
10327 init_sigio (connection
);
10328 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10332 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10333 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10336 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10337 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10338 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10339 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10340 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10341 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10342 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10343 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10345 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10346 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10347 x_uncatch_errors ();
10351 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10352 for debugging X code. */
10355 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10356 build_string ("synchronous"),
10357 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10359 if (STRINGP (value
)
10360 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10361 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10362 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10367 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10368 build_string ("useXIM"),
10369 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10372 if (STRINGP (value
)
10373 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "false")
10374 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "off")))
10377 if (STRINGP (value
)
10378 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10379 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10385 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10386 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10388 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10389 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10397 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10398 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10401 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10403 struct terminal
*t
;
10405 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10407 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10408 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10411 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10412 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10413 x_session_close ();
10415 delete_terminal (t
);
10419 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10421 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10422 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10423 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10424 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10425 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10430 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10431 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10433 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10435 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10438 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10442 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10443 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10445 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10446 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10449 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10451 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10452 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10453 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10456 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10457 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10458 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10462 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10464 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10465 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10466 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10467 that slows us down. */
10470 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10473 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10474 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10476 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10477 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10478 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10479 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10484 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10485 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10486 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10487 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10488 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10489 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10490 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10493 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10496 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10498 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10500 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10501 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10502 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10507 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10510 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10512 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10514 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10516 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10520 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10522 x_after_update_window_line
,
10523 x_update_window_begin
,
10524 x_update_window_end
,
10530 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10532 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10533 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10534 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10535 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10536 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10537 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10538 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10539 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10540 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10541 x_clear_frame_area
,
10542 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10543 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10544 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10548 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10550 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10552 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10554 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10555 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10556 if (!terminal
->name
)
10561 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10564 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10567 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10568 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10569 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10571 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10572 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10574 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10575 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10576 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10577 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10579 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10580 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10581 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10582 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10583 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10584 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10585 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10586 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10587 leaks in other situations. */
10589 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10590 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10592 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10594 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10595 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10596 closing all the displays. */
10597 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10601 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10603 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10604 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10606 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10608 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10611 /* Mark as dead. */
10612 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10613 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10617 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10618 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10620 static struct terminal
*
10621 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10623 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10625 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10627 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10628 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10629 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10631 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10633 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10634 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10635 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10636 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10637 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10638 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10639 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10640 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10641 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10642 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10643 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10644 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10645 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10646 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10647 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10648 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10649 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10650 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10651 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10652 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10654 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10655 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10657 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10658 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10659 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10660 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10661 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10662 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10669 x_initialize (void)
10674 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10675 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10676 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10678 x_session_initialized
= 0;
10682 current_count
= -1;
10685 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10686 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10688 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10689 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10691 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10693 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10694 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10695 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10696 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10697 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10698 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10699 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10701 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10704 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10706 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10707 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10711 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10712 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10713 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10715 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10716 original error handler. */
10717 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10718 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10720 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10722 xgselect_initialize ();
10727 syms_of_xterm (void)
10729 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10731 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10732 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10734 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10735 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10737 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10738 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern_c_string ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10740 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10741 Qlatin_1
= intern_c_string ("latin-1");
10743 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10744 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10747 xg_default_icon_file
= make_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10748 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10750 Qx_gtk_map_stock
= intern_c_string ("x-gtk-map-stock");
10751 staticpro (&Qx_gtk_map_stock
);
10754 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10755 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10756 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10757 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10758 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10759 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10760 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10762 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10764 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10765 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10766 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10767 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10768 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10769 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10770 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10772 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10773 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10774 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10775 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10776 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10777 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10778 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10779 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10780 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10782 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10783 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10784 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10785 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10786 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10787 With MS Windows, the value is t. */);
10788 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10790 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10791 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10792 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10794 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10796 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10799 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10802 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10803 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10805 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10806 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10807 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10808 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10809 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10810 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10811 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10812 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10813 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10815 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10816 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10817 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10818 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10819 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10820 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10822 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10823 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10824 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10825 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10826 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10827 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10829 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10830 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10831 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10832 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10833 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10834 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10836 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10837 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10838 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10839 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10840 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10841 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10843 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10844 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10845 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10846 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10847 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10851 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */